Emulex LP21002 Download Drivers, Utilities, Manual, Firmware and BIOS

Available 158 files for LP21002
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Boot Agent
Operating Systems
Boot Agent for Ethernet Controller
Version Driver
2.0.0.1
Size Driver
982Kb
File Name
proboot.exe
Information
Bus Type PCIe 1.0a
Max Bus Speed 2.5 GT/s (x8)
Product Type CNA
Platform: Ethernet
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
x86 BootBIOS
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version BIOS
2.02a2
Size BIOS
38Kb
File Name
ab202a2.zip
Information
Bus Type PCIe 1.0a
Max Bus Speed 2.5 GT/s (x8)
Product Type CNA
Platform: Intel (32-bit) The adapter boot BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13
system BIOS calls. The adapter Boot BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
topologies.
(2) Multi-initiators: The adapter BIOS supports up to 32 Emulex LightPulse
adapters in a system.
(3) Multi-LUNs: The adapter BIOS supports up to 256 LUNs.
(4) Multi-boot: The adapter BIOS complies with the BIOS Boot Specification
(BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): The adapter BIOS supports both the
EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1 specifications depending on the selection in the
adapter BIOS configuration utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be
configured in the adapter BIOS configuration utility. If the first boot
entry fails the system is still able to boot from the second configured
boot entry and so on.
\2.02a2.txt this file you are reading

\DB202a2.PRG Lp8000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\CB202a2.PRG Lp9000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\HB202a2.PRG Lp9802 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\TB202a2.PRG Lp10000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\BB202a2.PRG Lp11000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\QB202a2.PRG Lp850 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\RB202a2.PRG Lp952 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\LB202a2.PRG Lp982 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\MB202a2.PRG Lp1050 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\JB202a2.PRG Lp1150 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\EB202a2.PRG Lp101 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\YB202a2.PRG LPe111 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\AB202a2.PRG Lp21000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\WB202a2.PRG LPe1150 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\ZB202a2.PRG LPe11000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\UB202a2.PRG LPe12000 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\OB202a2.PRG LPe1250 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2
\PB202a2.PRG LPe121 adapter boot BIOS version 2.02a2


***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

The adapter boot BIOS image has increased in size to 49K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the
problem is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc) and then download the adapter boot BIOS .prg file.
(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter boot BIOS is not enabled by LP6DUTIL or an Emulex O.S.
configuration utility, the adapter and the drives connected to the adapter
cannot not be configured to be used to boot the system. In addition if there is
a "No BIOS support" message displayed next to this adapter in the adapter BIOS
configuration utility the user must use LP6DUTIL or other Emulex O.S.
configuration utility to enable the adapter boot BIOS in order to allow this adapter
to be used a bootable controller by the host system.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Open Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
3.10a3
Size Driver
42Kb
File Name
ao310a3.zip
Information
Bus Type PCIe 1.0a
Max Bus Speed 2.5 GT/s (x8)
Product Type CNA
Platform: SPARC, PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 4095).
\readme.txt This file you are reading

\SO310a3.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\DO310a3.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\CO310a3.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\HO310a3.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\MO310a3.PRG Lp1050 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\TO310a3.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\BO310a3.PRG Lp11000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\ZO310a3.PRG Lpe11000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\UO310a3.PRG LPe12000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
\AO310a3.PRG LP21000 Open Firmware 3.10a3
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 3.10a3 ------------------------

1. Fixed the issue for the in-correct device id of (LP21000) HBA, and
cause the system fail to initialize the (LP21000) HBA during POST.
(CR75595)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 3.10a2 ------------------------
1. In some UNIX server, the HBA adapter does not get initialized when DR
is initiated, the cause of the issue is during DR operation, some
Forth word commands from Fcode can't use in HBA's device memory
instead it can only runs under system memory, and that makes the error
message "Segmentation Fault" by the system's Fcode interpreter. This
release fixed the issue by replace different methods for those Forth
word commands to make it compatible with the DR operation. (CR073924)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 3.10a1 ------------------------

1. Supported multi-Luns from 0 upto 4095, added "set-max-lun" command
to allow user to select the maxmium lun support, the default max lun
is 255. (CR29372)

2. Fixed the issue on fail to update the FC boot target when system
comes up from POST. (CR29373)

3. Fixed the issue for system hangs in scan disk if the link topology
changed after system firmware discovered the bootable lun with
a different topology. (CR29019)

4. Fixed the issue on some system will fail to init the config-port when
option command "set-post-linkup" was enabled. (CR29249)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Universal Boot
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Version Driver
5.03a5
Size Driver
304Kb
File Name
au503a5.zip
Information
Bus Type PCIe 1.0a
Max Bus Speed 2.5 GT/s (x8)
Product Type CNA
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 2.02a2 and OpenBoot 3.10a3 This Universal Boot version 5.03a5 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.02a2
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.00a5

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\503a5.txt this file you are reading
\HU503a5.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU503a5.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU503a5.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU503a5.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU503a5.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU503a5.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli400a5.efi EFI 4.00a5 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Boot Code User Manual
Operating Systems
Boot Code
Size Manual
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCIe 1.0a
Max Bus Speed 2.5 GT/s (x8)
Product Type CNA Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
FC Firmware
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
1.00x1
Size Firmware
228Kb
File Name
af100x1.zip
Information
Bus Type PCIe 1.0a
Max Bus Speed 2.5 GT/s (x8)
Product Type CNA Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP21000 and LP21002 PCIe Converged Network Adapter.

This kit may include the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
AD100X1.ALL Firmware for Single Channel LP21000
AF100X1.ALL Firmware for Dual Channel LP21002

Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes in version 1.00x1 --

Added 3 retries to CEE interface initialization to secure initial
bring up of Z-M in-band link, and avoid CEE interface reset
(CR 87802)

This release is *only* required when the Ethernet link(s) fails to come
up on the LP2100x port after Cold Start (System Power Up) or on Warm
Restart from Windows. This has only been seen on production units built
after February 2009.

This condition is observable when Both Green LEDs are on solid (10GbE
and Green FC Status), and the Yellow FC LED is blinking for normal
Link Up AT 4 Gb/s.
-- Version 1.00A5 --

This is the first general release of firmware for this product.
Earlier versions were for prototype builds, pre-release software,
and test purposes.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
CEE Firmware
Operating Systems
Firmware
Version Firmware
0.5a5
Size Firmware
53Kb
File Name
cee-0.5a5.bin.zip
Information
Bus Type PCIe 1.0a
Max Bus Speed 2.5 GT/s (x8)
Product Type CNA
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Firmware Update Manual
Operating Systems
Firmware
Size Firmware
106Kb
File Name
fwupdate.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCIe 1.0a
Max Bus Speed 2.5 GT/s (x8)
Product Type CNA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
445Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.8.32-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (448 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Workaround
3.4 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Workaround
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 lspci utility displays "Device 0704" for OneConnect Universal CNAs
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Adapter Initialization on SLES11 with INTx interrupt mode
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Background

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For example, a
system with the 2.6.27-rc7-12-default kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.27-12.1 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
25Kb
File Name
linux_11_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Release Notes
Date: February 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.8.x
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Resolved
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Resolved
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
(EEH).
6. VPort Log Out Issue Resolved
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Resolved
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Resolved
Corrected a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Corrected
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Corrected a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Corrected
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Corrected
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Corrected
Corrected handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Corrected
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
189.4Mb
File Name
elxocm-sles11-5.0.17.4-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 enterprise application (189 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
OneCommand Manager Release Notes for Linux
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
80Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager version 5.0

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.32
Size Manual
2.6Mb
File Name
linux_11.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ..................................................................................................................... 1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 2
For the ULDK .............................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the LPFC Driver Kit................................................................................... 3
LPFC Driver Kit Install Script Options................................................................ 4
LPFC Driver Kit Directory Structure................................................................... 4
Installing the LPFC Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions ......................... 4
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update.......... 5
Installing the LPFC Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel............................... 5
Installing the Unified Linux Drivers Kit ..................................................................... 5
Uninstalling the ULDK ....................................................................................... 6
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 7
Uninstalling the LPFC Driver Kit ........................................................................ 7
Configuration ................................................................................................................. 8
LPFC Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary LPFC Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .......................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
LPFC Driver Parameters Reference Table ...................................................... 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (VPorts)........................................................................ 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying VPorts........................................................ 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The VPort Sysfs Tree ...................................................................................... 19
LPFC Driver Version 8.2.8.2x sysfs Structure.................................................. 20
VPort sysfs Entries.................................................................................... 21
VPort Configuration Limits............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
OneCommand Manager User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.32
Size Manual
5.4Mb
File Name
onecommand.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Supported Features by Operating System......................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager
Application Components.......................................................................................... 4
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application............................................. 4
In Windows ................................................................................................. 4
In Solaris SFS ............................................................................................. 4
In Linux ....................................................................................................... 5
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................... 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 7
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Command Line Interface ..... 8
In Windows ................................................................................................. 9
In a New VMware ESX Server .................................................................... 9
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 10
Procedures ......................................................................................... 10
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ... 10
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on VMware .................................. 10
In a New Linux System ............................................................................. 11
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 11
Procedures ......................................................................................... 11
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit InstalledI ............. 12
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on Linux....................................... 12
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 13
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 13
Procedures ......................................................................................... 13
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit ......................................... 14
In Windows ............................................................................................... 14
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 14
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 14
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................. 14
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application .................................. 14
In Windows .............................................................................................. 15
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 15
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 15
In VMware................................................................................................. 15
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch
Interface Only .................................................................................................. 15
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 17
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ......... 17
Managing Files when Running the OneCommand Manager Application
Web Launch Interface ............................................................................... 17
Using the OneCommand Manager Application ...................................................... 18
The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions ........... 18
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar Buttons ................................................................................. 19
The Discovery-Tree .................................................................................. 20
Discovery-Tree Icons ......................................................................... 21
Expanding or Collapsing the Discovery-Tree View ...................... 22
The Property Tabs .................................................................................... 22
The Status Bar ......................................................................................... 22
Changing Management and Read-Only Mode ........................................... 22
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.32
Size Driver
19.5Mb
File Name
elxocmcore-sles11-5.0.17.4-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 core application (19.5 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.32
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
corekit_user_manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.63
Size Driver
464Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.63-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script (468 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Workaround
3.5 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Potential error messages during driver kit removal process
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Resolution
3.10 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for OneConnect Universal CNAs
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Background
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 or later
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 or later

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.63
Size Driver
31Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.63
Size Driver
290.7Mb
File Name
elxocm-rhel5-sles10-5.0.17.4-1.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 enterprise application (290 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.63
Size Manual
2.5Mb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
OneCommand Manager User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.63
Size Manual
5.4Mb
File Name
onecommand.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Supported Features by Operating System......................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager
Application Components.......................................................................................... 4
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application............................................. 4
In Windows ................................................................................................. 4
In Solaris SFS ............................................................................................. 4
In Linux ....................................................................................................... 5
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................... 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 7
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Command Line Interface ..... 8
In Windows ................................................................................................. 9
In a New VMware ESX Server .................................................................... 9
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 10
Procedures ......................................................................................... 10
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ... 10
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on VMware .................................. 10
In a New Linux System ............................................................................. 11
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 11
Procedures ......................................................................................... 11
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit InstalledI ............. 12
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on Linux....................................... 12
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 13
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 13
Procedures ......................................................................................... 13
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit ......................................... 14
In Windows ............................................................................................... 14
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 14
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 14
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................. 14
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application .................................. 14
In Windows .............................................................................................. 15
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 15
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 15
In VMware................................................................................................. 15
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch
Interface Only .................................................................................................. 15
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 17
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ......... 17
Managing Files when Running the OneCommand Manager Application
Web Launch Interface ............................................................................... 17
Using the OneCommand Manager Application ...................................................... 18
The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions ........... 18
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar Buttons ................................................................................. 19
The Discovery-Tree .................................................................................. 20
Discovery-Tree Icons ......................................................................... 21
Expanding or Collapsing the Discovery-Tree View ...................... 22
The Property Tabs .................................................................................... 22
The Status Bar ......................................................................................... 22
Changing Management and Read-Only Mode ........................................... 22
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.63
Size Driver
47Mb
File Name
elxocmcore-rhel5-sles10-5.0.17.4-1.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
OneCommand Manager 5.0 core application (47 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.63
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
corekit_user_manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
299Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.39-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script (299 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround
3.11 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.11.1 Observed Problem
3.11.2 Workaround
3.12 Potential error messages during driver kit removal process
3.12.1 Observer Problem
3.12.2 Resolution

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
67Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
208.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.39-1-1.tar
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (208 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.0.35-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 1.20-1-1
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.39 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
34Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.39
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.39
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.39
Size Driver
38.9Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.1a36-8.2.0.39-1-1.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (38.9 MB tar file)

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.0.35-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Fcauth version 1.20-1-1
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1


Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.39 or later


HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.39
Size Manual
964Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.1

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Update Disc
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
5.9Mb
File Name
lpfc-rhel-5.2-dd-i686-20081006-1.iso
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
x86 architecture (5.97 MB ISO image file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Update Disc
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
4.5Mb
File Name
lpfc-rhel-5.2-dd-x86_64-20081006-1.iso
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
x64 architecture (4.59 MB ISO image file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
179.1Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Update Disc
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
5.1Mb
File Name
lpfc-rhel-5.2-dd-ia64-20081006-1.iso
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Intel Itanium2 architecture (5.12 MB ISO image file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
15.3Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (15.3 MB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
179.1Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
15.3Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (15.3 MB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
233Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.47-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
38Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
176.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.47-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38, Application helper module 2.0.39-1 (176 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a38 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a38
SSC version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
IOCTL Module version 2.0.39-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.47 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.47
Size Manual
971Kb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.47
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
12.8Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a38-8.0.16.47-1-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.208-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1


Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.46 or later
IOCTL Module 2.0.38-1

HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.

A.1.2 Resolution
In such environments, HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2 must be deployed across all
servers on the SAN, as well as any other management console used for
out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the discovery tree.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.47
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux Offline Utility Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
5.0.17.4
Size Utilities
26.1Mb
File Name
elxlinlpcfg-rhel4-rhel5-sles10-sles11-5.0.17.4-2.tgz
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(26.1 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux Offline Utility, Application Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
5.0.17.4
Size Utilities
63Kb
File Name
linlpcfg_release_notes.pdf
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux Offline Utility, Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
5.0.17.4
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
offline_utilities_manual.pdf
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(1.01 MB pdf file)

The Offline Utilities..................................................................................................1
Introduction.......................................................................................................1
Installation.........................................................................................................2
The WinPE Offline Utility.............................................................................2
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................2
The Linux Offline Utility...............................................................................3
Known Issues....................................................................................................3
Using the Offline Utilities...................................................................................3
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................4
Running the Offline Utilities from the Command Prompt.............................4
Offline Utility Commands...................................................................................5
Supported Commands................................................................................5
....................................................................................................................
8
Viewing the Syntax for Commands - help or ?............................................8
Resetting an Adapter - reset.......................................................................8
Running the Power-On Self-Test - posttest.................................................9
Viewing Adapter Information.............................................................................9
Viewing Emulex conventional names instead of Vital Product Data (VPD) - /c...............................................................................................................9
Viewing the Offline Utilities’ Version Information - version...........................9
Viewing Vital Product Data - vpd...............................................................10
Viewing Boot Device Info, WWN, LUN and Topology - readbootdevice.....10
Viewing BootBIOS Versions - listboot........................................................11
Viewing all Adapters in the System - listhba..............................................11
Viewing WWN of all adapters in the System - listwwn...............................12
Sample response: ....................................................................................12
Viewing Firmware Program Revisions - listrev..........................................12
Viewing Selected Configuration Numbers - readconfig.............................13
Firmware and Boot Code Download Commands.............................................13
Downloading a File - download.................................................................13
Accessing the Flash Device Directly - directdownload..............................14
World Wide Name Commands........................................................................15
Writing WWN and Updating NVPARMS - writewwn...................................15
Saving WWN data to a file - savewwn.......................................................16
Restoring WWN and Updating NVPARMS - restorewwn...........................16
Restoring NVPARMS - restorenvwwn.......................................................16
Restoring the IEEE address - restoredefwwn............................................16
Boot Code Commands....................................................................................17
Enabling or Disabling BootBIOS or boot code - enableboot/disableboot...17
Selecting a Boot Device - setbootdevice...................................................17
Read All Alternative Boot Devices - readaltboot........................................18
Selecting One or More Alternate Boot Devices - setaltboot.......................19
Configuration Commands................................................................................19
Setting the Adapter to Use Soft Jumpers or Hardware Default - jumper...19
Updating Configuration Regions - config...................................................19
Running Tests..................................................................................................20
Running the External Loopback Test - extloopback...................................20
Running the Internal Loopback Test - intloopback.....................................21
Running the PCI Loopback Test - pciloopback..........................................21
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
333Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.8.14-1.tar.gz
Information
SLES 11 (x86 Intel,x86-64 AMD & Intel)
Base driver and install script (333 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Workaround
3.4 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Workaround
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For example, a
system with the 2.6.27-rc7-12-default kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.27-12.1 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
30Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver (31 KB)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
170.9Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.8.14-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (170 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.1.12-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 2.5-1-1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.8.14 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.8.14
Size Driver
34Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.14
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual (1.64 MB pdf file)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.8.14
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Driver
452Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.48.2p-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround
3.11 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.11.1 Observed Problem
3.11.2 Workaround
3.12 Potential error messages during driver kit removal process
3.12.1 Observer Problem
3.12.2 Resolution

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Driver
147Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver (147 KB)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: 8.2.0.39
This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.0.39
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters.
2. (10 Gb/s capable)
Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters.
3. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable)
Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of master kit.
4. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information.
5.
Adds the ability to control I/O queue depth based on the I/O completion time.
Adds interfaces via the sysfs filesystem to update speed and topology parameters without
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.0.39
requiring link bounce.
1. A CEE firmware upgrade with a Converged Network Adapter (CNA) did not work properly. This discovery issue has been resolved.
2. The firmware diagnostic dump process took too long to complete. This logging issue has been resolved.
3. Loopback tests failed on CNAs. This loopback mode issue has been resolved.
4. Echo tests failed when NPIV was enabled.This issue has been resolved.
5. Emulex HBAs potentially could not initialize properly when used in Virtualized Environments with SFPT (Storage Fixed Pass through) or Direct I/O. This potential issue has been resolved.
6. The RSCN address format was not handled properly. This event qualifier issue has been resolved.
7. The Emulex LPFC driver used the mdelay function in the IOCTL process path. The driver was updated to use the msleep function instead.
8. The HBAnyware Security Configurator could not communicate with certain servers. This issue was resolved by increasing internal buffers to support 40KB SSC sequences.
9. Updates to the WWN via management utilities were taking effect immediately. This issue was resolved by allowing the updates to take effect after a (warm) system reboot.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Driver
208.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.48.2p-1-1.tar
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (208 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.0.35-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 1.20-1-1
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.48.2p or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Driver
34Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Manual
1.5Mb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.48.2p
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Driver
289Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.33.3p-1.tar.gz
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Driver
208.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.33.3p-1-1.tar
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (208 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support the Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3, SUSE SLES 11 (x86 Intel,x86-64 AMD & Intel architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36

HBAnyware 4.1a36 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.1a36
SSC version 4.1a36
DFC Library version 3.0.35-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
FCAUTHD version 1.19-1-1
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.33.3p or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Driver
34Kb
File Name
linux_release_notes.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Manual
1.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.2.0.33.3p
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.46
Size Driver
233Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.46-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.46
Size Driver
28Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.46
Size Driver
176.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.46-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38, Application helper module 2.0.38-1 (176 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a38 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a38
SSC version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
IOCTL Module version 2.0.36-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.46 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.46
Size Manual
950Kb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.46
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.44
Size Driver
231Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.44-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.44
Size Driver
176.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.44-1-2.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38, Application helper module 2.0.36-1 (176 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support the Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HB HBAnyware 4.0a38 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a38
SSC version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
IOCTL Module version 2.0.36-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.44 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.44
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.44
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.44
Size Driver
12.8Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a38-8.0.16.44-1-2.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1


Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.44 or later
IOCTL Module 2.0.36-1

HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.

A.1.2 Resolution
In such environments, HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2 must be deployed across all
servers on the SAN, as well as any other management console used for
out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the discovery tree.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.44
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux Offline Utility Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
1.0a17
Size Utilities
7.3Mb
File Name
linlpcfg-1.0a17.tgz
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(7.36 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux Offline Utility, Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
1.0a17
Size Manual
491Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux Offline Utility Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
1.0a14
Size Utilities
2.8Mb
File Name
linlpcfg-1.0a14.tgz
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux
Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux
(2.89 MB tgz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux Offline Utility, Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
1.0a14
Size Manual
491Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux
Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux Offline Utility Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Utilities
1.0a11
Size Utilities
2.8Mb
File Name
linlpcfg-1.0a11.tgz
Information
Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
285Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.29-1.tar.gz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (288 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
179.1Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-4.tar
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Driver
8.2.0.29
Size Driver
15.3Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-4.tgz
Information
Red Hat Enterprise MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25_x2-1-2
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Fcauth version 1.17-1-1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later


HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels
Version Manual
8.2.0.29
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Red Hat Enterprise MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (15.3 MB tar file)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Troubleshooting and Maintenance Manual
Operating Systems
Manual
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
for Emulex OneConnect and LightPulse Adapters Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Manual
Size Manual
790Kb
File Name
install_lp21000_lp21002.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCIe 1.0a
Max Bus Speed 2.5 GT/s (x8)
Product Type CNA Introduction..................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility...................................................................................................................................2
Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................2
Installing the Converged Network Adapter...................................................................................................3
Attaching Media...........................................................................................................................................4
Applying Power............................................................................................................................................5
Viewing the LEDs...........................................................................................................................5
POST Conditions and Results.........................................................................................................5
Typical EE Configuration Diagram 1-2 CNAs ..............................................................................................7
Server Requirements......................................................................................................................7
References..................................................................................................................................................8
Specifications.................................................................................................................................8
FCC and Regulatory Notices...........................................................................................................9
Declaration of Conformity..............................................................................................................10
Laser Safety Notice.......................................................................................................................12
Introduction
This manual describes Emulex® LP21000 and LP21002, multi-protocol PCI-Express Converged
Network Adapters (CNAs) for a 10 Gigabit Enhanced Ethernet (EE) fabric. Emulex CNAs provide both
traditional networking interface card (NIC) functionality and host-bus-adapter (HBA) functionality,
converged into a unified 10GbE serial interface.
Emulex CNAs combine four major functional components: a 10Gb networking MAC, a 4Gb Fibre
Channel IOC, a PCI-express-switch to multiplex the MAC and IOC PCIe interfaces into a single PCIe
interface, and a FCoE bridge chip that converges the Ethernet and FC traffic into a unified 10GbE serial
link. The CNA serves as a common interface for both storage and IP traffic retaining familiar Fibre
Channel and networking software stacks, OS drivers, and management. The supported PCIe connector
is x8 or higher. Each CNA is compliant to the PCI Express Base Specification 1.1.

Major Features
• Available in six different models:
•LP21000-M single port with optic
•LP21002-M dual port with optics
•LP21000-C single port with copper interface cable
•LP21002-C dual port with copper interface cables
•LP21000-NC single port with no optic or copper interface cable
•LP21002-C dual port with no optics or copper interface cables
• Single 8-lane standard Gen 1, PCIe interface shared by the Fibre Channel and MAC controllers
through an IDT 3-port PCIe switch.
• Standard PCIe form factor PCBA; full height, 9.1" long (3/4th length).
• 10 GbE Network interface connections using optics or copper.
• On-board flash memory: 8M bytes for Fibre Channel controller program storage, 1M byte for
FCoE Bridge program storage, and 128K bytes for PXE Ethernet boot.
• On-board configuration EEPROM for the Ethernet MAC and FCoE Bridge.
• Uses standard Emulex SLI drivers.
• Interoperates with existing Fibre Channel SAN infrastructures - switches, arrays, SRM tools
(including Emulex utilities), SAN practices, etc.
• Unified Ethernet to Fibre Channel SAN connectivity provided by FCoE switch.
• Provides 10G MAC features such as MSI-X support, Jumbo frames support (16K bytes), VLAN
tagging (802.1Q, PER priority pause / priority flow control), and advance packet filtering.
• No host operating system changes required - i.e. NIC and HBA functionality (including device
management, utilities, etc.) transparent to the host operating system.
• Target Systems: OEM servers of all form-factors (with PCI-Express)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Troubleshooting Manual
Operating Systems
Manual
Size Manual
649Kb
File Name
troubleshooting.pdf
Information
Bus Type PCIe 1.0a
Max Bus Speed 2.5 GT/s (x8)
Product Type CNA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
User Manual for Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Operating Systems
Manual
Version Manual
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Manual
2.4Mb
File Name
windows_drivers.pdf
Information
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
User manual for Emulex drivers for Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Important Considerations......................................................................................... 2
New in This Release ......................................................................................... 2
Minimum Software Requirements...................................................................... 2
Changing Driver Types...................................................................................... 2
Storport Miniport Driver Information ......................................................................... 2
FC and FCoE Driver .......................................................................................... 2
iSCSI Driver ...................................................................................................... 3
NDIS Miniport Ethernet (NIC) Driver.................................................................. 3
Driver Kit Installer Overview .................................................................................... 4
Files Installed by the Driver Kit Installer............................................................. 4
AutoPilot Installer Overview..................................................................................... 5
AutoPilot Installer Features ............................................................................... 5
Text-Only Installation ......................................................................................... 5
Installing the Driver Kit............................................................................................. 6
Starting Installers from a Command Prompt or Script .............................................. 6
Running a Software Installation Interactively ........................................................... 6
Hardware-First Installation or Driver and Utility Update ..................................... 8
Software-First Installation ................................................................................ 10
Utility-Only Update .......................................................................................... 10
Diagnostics...................................................................................................... 12
Performing an Unattended Installation................................................................... 12
Driver Kit Installer Command Line Parameters ...................................................... 13
Configuring an AutoPilot Installer Kit ..................................................................... 14
AutoPilot Installer Command Line Parameters ................................................ 15
Command Line Parameter Settings .......................................................... 15
Configuration File Location ....................................................................... 16
Software Configuration Parameters .......................................................... 17
AutoPilot Configuration File ............................................................................. 20
Configuration Identification [AUTOPILOT.ID]............................................. 21
Software Configuration [AUTOPILOT.CONFIG] ........................................ 21
Configuration Prompts/Vendor-Specific Questions
[STORPORT.CONFIGURATION] .............................................................. 21
QFE Checks [STORPORT.QFES] ............................................................. 23
Setting Up FC Driver Parameters [STORPORT.PARAMS] ........................ 23
Setting Up System Parameters [SYSTEM.PARAMS]................................ 23
AutoPilot Installer Exit Codes .......................................................................... 24
AutoPilot Installer Installation Reports....................................................... 25
Command Script Example......................................................................... 25
Manual Installation and Updating Procedures ....................................................... 27
Manually Installing or Updating the Emulex Protocol Drivers .......................... 27
Installing the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver for the First Time ................. 27
Updating the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver ............................................. 28
Installing or Updating the FC Storport Miniport Driver ............................... 28
Installing or Updating the iSCSI Driver ...................................................... 29
Installing or Updating the NIC Driver ......................................................... 30
Installing the Driver Utilities ............................................................................. 31
OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Procedures .............................. 31
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Utilities
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Utilities
30.2Mb
File Name
solaris-4.1a37-1.03h-1a.tar
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware version 4.1a37, emlxadm version 1.03h and emlxdrv version 1.00m for SPARC

HBAnyware 4.1a37 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.40 or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.03h or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must be installed. HBAnyware will not run
under earlier versions.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.com.

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS versions are Solaris 5.10 and 5.11.

HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.
HBAnyware Installation Instructions
-----------------------------------
1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-4.1a37-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-4.1a37-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI
-------------------------
1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Sample Migration Scripts
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Driver
103Kb
File Name
leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process.

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Release Notes for the Driver and FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Driver
32Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
Note SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver and FCA utilities

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Release Notes for HBAnyware
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Driver
70Kb
File Name
solaris_release_notes.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: October 2009
Product: HBAnyware® Utility and the SFS FCA Driver (Solaris Leadville Driver)
Version: 4.1
This document describes the new features, resolved issues and known issues associated with this utility build
release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require
additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Technical Support representative.
New Features in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. Designed for adapter FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP), subject to subsequent industry testing.
2. Virtual port and virtual machine mapping information is displayed.
New Resolved Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. The HBAnyware utility no longer crashes or aborts when attempting to view a large LUN
configuration.
2. LUNs greater than 127 are now counted correctly. Previously, LUNs up to 255 could be
configured, but only LUNS 129 – 240 were displayed.
Known Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. On LPe12000 adapters, volatile WWN changes may not be supported.
Workaround: Update firmware; see the Emulex Web site for more information.
Caution: Verify the version of OEM firmware to use based on OEM qualifications and support.
2. On LP21000 and LP21002 adapters, FIP mode may need to be disabled to bring a link up.
If you have upgraded to the new CEE firmware that supports FIP and connect the port to a switch with
firmware that does not support FIP, the port’s link will be down. If you plug a loopback plug into an
adapter port with FIP disabled, the link will be down.
Workaround: Disable FIP mode on the adapter port.
3. Not all adapters may appear in the discovery-tree.
Although the HBAnyware utility provides support for LightPulse adapters that are reprogrammed with
WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range, not all adapters appear in the discovery-tree.
Workaround: The HBAnyware utility must be deployed across all servers on the SAN, as well as any
other management console used for out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the
discovery-tree.
4. Multiport adapter models are represented in the HBAnyware utility discovery-tree as
multiple adapters with a single port icon.
For older mulitport HBA models, the HBAnyware utility displays each port under individual adapter icons
in the discovery-tree. Newer multiport HBA models (LP9802 or later) are represented by a single adapter
icon that branches out to multiple port icons.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
5. NPIV setting is volatile if enabled through the Host Driver Parameters tab
If you enable the NPIV Driver Parameter through the Host Driver Parameters tab for a host with LP21000
or LP21002 adapters, this parameter will not be enabled after a reboot.
Workaround: Enable NPIV through the port driver parameters tab for each of the HBA ports. To enable
the NPIV parameter for LP21000 & LP21002 adapters:
1. From the discovery-tree, select a port.
2. Select the Driver Parameters tab.
3. Highlight enable-npiv.
4. Select Enabled.
5. Click Reset HBA Port to reset the HBA.
6. When prompted, click Yes to continue.
6. The Virtual Ports tab may report erroneous NPIV Information.
When the enable-NPIV driver parameter is disabled, the Virtual Ports tab may erroneously report, “The
fabric switch does not support virtual ports” whether the switch supports NPIV or not.
Workaround: To accurately determine if the switch supports NPIV, either:
Enable the enable-NPIV driver parameter using the HBAnyware utility. To enable the enable-NPIV
parameter:
1. Select your host from the discovery tree.
2. Select the Host Driver Parameters tab.
3. Highlight enable-npiv.
4. Select Enabled.
5. From the discovery-tree, select a port that is connected to the switch.
6. Click Reset HBA Port to reset the HBA.
7. When prompted, click Yes to continue.
When the enable-npiv or EnableNPIV parameter is enabled, the message, “The fabric switch does not
support virtual ports” appears only if the switch actually does not support NPIV.
Or
Refer to your switch documentation or manufacturer to determine if the switch supports NPIV.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Manual
1.3Mb
File Name
solarissfs.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Introduction................................................................................................................... 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Solaris SFS FCA (emlxs) Driver ......................................................... 4
Downloading and Installing the Driver for Solaris 10 and OpenSolaris
(SPARC, x64 and x86) ...................................................................................... 4
Utilities..................................................................................................................... 4
The HBAnyware Utility ................................................................................ 4
The emlxadm Utility..................................................................................... 5
The emlxdrv Utility ...................................................................................... 5
Installing the FCA Utilities and the HBAnyware Utility ....................................... 5
Installing or Updating the FCA Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script ........ 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility, Web Launch and Security Configurator.... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility .................................................................. 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch ...................................... 8
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ................................ 9
Installing or Updating the Utilities Package Manually .................................. 9
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ............................. 10
Removing the Utilities Package Manually ................................................. 11
Configuration and Migration......................................................................................... 12
Introduction............................................................................................................ 12
Changing Driver Properties Using the emlxs.conf File........................................... 12
Enabling NPIV Support on Solaris 10.............................................................. 12
Enabling NPIV Support on OpenSolaris .......................................................... 13
NPIV Configuration Limits ......................................................................... 13
NPIV and OS Virtualization ....................................................................... 13
Using VPorts with Logical Domains, Containers and xVM......................... 14
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 14
DHCHAP Authentication Driver Properties ...................................................... 15
Configuring Target Mode Support for OpenSolaris ................................................ 15
Emulex SFS FCA Driver Properties ....................................................................... 15
The Configuration File (emlxs.conf) .......................................................... 15
Migrating from the Solaris LPFC Driver to the Solaris emlxs Driver....................... 22
Operational Behaviors of the emlxs Driver ...................................................... 22
Use Cases....................................................................................................... 22
Sample Script File Details ............................................................................... 23
start_emlxs_migration.sh ......................................................................... 23
finish_emlxs_migration.sh......................................................................... 24
Migrating a Configuration without FC Boot ...................................................... 24
Migrating Automatically ............................................................................. 24
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 24
Procedures................................................................................................ 25
Migrating a Configuration with FC Boot ........................................................... 27
Prerequisite............................................................................................... 27
Procedure ................................................................................................. 27
Solaris emlxs and Solaris LPFC Driver Properties Cross-Reference Table ..... 30
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Manual
808Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Command Usage ...................................................................................... 14
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 30
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 30
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 30
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 32
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33
Command Usage ...................................................................................... 33
This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Boot Code Documentation
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.40s (SPARC)
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Note SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Utilities
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Utilities
21.8Mb
File Name
solaris-4.0a33-1.02k-1a.tar
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware version 4.0a33, emlxadm version 1.02k and emlxdrv version 1.00m for SPARC

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.31 or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.02k or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must be installed. HBAnyware will not run

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS version is Solaris 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.com.

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")


HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.
HBAnyware Installation Instructions
-----------------------------------
1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI
-------------------------
1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Sample Migration Scripts
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Driver
103Kb
File Name
leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process.

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Manual
1.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Manual
876Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Boot Code Documentation
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.31p (SPARC)
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Note SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Utilities
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Utilities
21.8Mb
File Name
solaris-4.0a33-1.02k-1a.tar
Information
LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware version 4.0a33, emlxadm version 1.02k and emlxdrv version 1.00m for SPARC

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.31 or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.02k or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must be installed. HBAnyware will not run

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS version is Solaris 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.com.

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")


HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.
HBAnyware Installation Instructions
-----------------------------------
1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI
-------------------------
1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Sample Migration Scripts
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Driver
103Kb
File Name
leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar
Information
SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process.

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Manual
1.5Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Manual
876Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Manual
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Manual
876Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Boot Code Documentation
Operating Systems
Solaris 10 SPARC
Version Driver
2.31h (SPARC)
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
bootcode.pdf
Information
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw
Size Driver
2Mb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-esx40-4.0a46-1.x86_64.rpm
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware 4.0a46 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (2.05 MB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Manual version 8.2.0.30.49vmw
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw
Size Manual
1.4Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 8.2.0.30.49vmw

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Manual version 8.2.0.30.52vmw
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw
Size Manual
1.4Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 8.2.0.30.52vmw

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
FC driver Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.52
Size Driver
6.2Mb
File Name
vmware-esx-drivers-scsi-lpfc_elx_v740-350-7.4.0.52-001.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Base FC driver and install script (6.24 MB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.52
Size Driver
1.8Mb
File Name
elxocmcore-esx35-5.0.17.3-1.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
OneCommand Manager 5.0 core application (1.80 MB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
OneCommand Manager Release Notes for VMware
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.52
Size Driver
97Kb
File Name
vmware_release_notes.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
OneCommand Manager version 5.0

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: OneCommand Manager™ Application for the ESX 3.5 Driver for VMware
Version: 5.0
This document describes the known issues associated with this utility build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0
1. This is a new product. Refer to the OneCommand Manager Application User Manual for details.
2. Support for Emulex OneConnect™ OCe10102 UCNAs.
Resolved Issues in OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0
1. This is a new product. There are no resolved issues.
Known Issues in OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0
1. Remote Management FC-based (also known as in-band) remote management is not supported in this release.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
2. Core Kit Upgrade Procedure The following procedure should be used to upgrade to the 5.0.18.4-1 OneCommand Manager core kit. NOTE: The upgrade process has changed for this release.
1. Remove the lpfc, be2net and (if installed) be2iscsi driver RPMs from the server.
2. Install the lpfc, be2net and (if desired) be2iscsi 2.101.411.0 driver RPMs. Do not reboot the server.
3. Upgrade to the elxocmcore-esx35-5.0.18.4-1 RPM using the “rpm –U” command.
4. Upgrade the OneConnect UCNA to the 2.101.411.0 firmware.
5. Reboot the VMware ESX 3.5 server.
3. Running the OneConnect™ FCoE Adapter without the NIC Driver It is not advised to run a OneConnect FCoE adapter without the NIC driver installed. Many management functions are unavailable:
1. Firmware
a. Download
b. Active and flash firmware versions
c. Firmware status
d. BIOS version
e. Boot code version
2. All diagnostics including beaconing
3. Transceiver data display
4. Port disable
5. Physical port link status
6. All CEE settings
7. Event log display (CLI only)
8. FAT dumps
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
4. CEE Priority Groups
Switching from DCBX enabled to disabled and then back to enabled may not return the Priority Groups and FCoE/iSCSI priority to the switch settings.
Workaround: Disable and re-enable the port (hbacmd setportenabled or Physical Port Info tab).
If you disable DCBX and then modify the priority groups and/or FCoE/iSCSI priority, when you enable DCBX the CEE properties will not return to the switch settings.
Workaround: Modify the priority groups and FCoE/iSCSI priority values. After they are saved, the CEE properties should match the switch.
If you disable DCBX using HBACMD (setceeparams MAC/WWPN dcbxstate 0), all Priority Group priorities and bandwidths are reset to 0. This also causes all active Priority Group priorities and bandwidths to be 0.
Workaround: Use the GUI to disable DCBX or re-enter the Priority Groups and bandwidths using the “setceepriority” and “setcnapgbw” commands. However, this workaround will cause the issue described in the previous paragraph.
5. Installation Warning Message A warning message similar to the following may appear on some systems when the RPM is installed:
ldconfig: /usr/lib/libdfc.so is not a symbolic link
This message can appear when the library configuration utility, ldconfig, encounters unexpected files in the /usr/lib/ directory. These files may exist because an earlier Emulex utility kit that does not use RPM for package management was previously installed on the system. If RPM encounters previously existing files that are not owned by RPM packages currently installed on the system, then it will save them with the ".bak" extension in the /usr/lib directory.
6. Limit Centralized Management Centralized management of adapters across VMware ESX servers must be limited to, at most, one OneCommand Manager GUI or CLI client. This applies to OneCommand Manager application remote connectivity for TCP/IP-based management.
In addition, the remote OneCommand Manager application client must be configured to disable its periodic auto-polling of discovered remote servers (which is enabled by default). This is done using the client GUI drop-down menu item shown here:
Click Discovery --> Modify Settings and select the resultant settings as follows: In-Band (Fibre Channel) - Manual Refresh Out-if-Band (TCP/IP) - Manual Refresh Expire Undiscovered HBA - Never Remove
As a result of this constraint, Emulex suggests that the OneCommand Manager application remote management of Windows, Linux, and Solaris servers take place in an environment separate from that of VMware ESX servers. It is advisable to keep the discovery domains disjointed.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
VMware 3.5 U4 User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.52
Size Manual
1.9Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Driver for VMware 3.5 U4 User Manual

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.52
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
corekit_user_manual.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.41
Size Driver
931Kb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-esx35-4.0a45-1.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware 4.0a45 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (932 KB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.41
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 7.4.0.41 Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.41
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.31
Size Driver
910Kb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-4.0a27-2.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware 4.0a27 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (300 KB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.31
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 7.4.x

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.31
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008
Version Driver
2.10a7
Size Driver
11.6Mb
File Name
storportminiportkit_2-10a7-1e.exe
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by both Windows Sever 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 4.0a32 (11.6 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Quick Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008
Version Manual
2.10a7
Size Manual
256Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by both Windows Sever 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
AutoPilot Installer for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer® for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple installation
with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.
Note: Complete driver and utilities documentation may be downloaded from the Emulex Web site
(www.emulex.com). Click Support at the top of the Web page and navigate by clicking the appropriate
links.
Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.
Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
Distribution Executable File Procedure
To run the distribution executable file:
1. Download the distribution executable file from the Emulex Web site to your system.
2. Double-click the distribution executable file. A window is displayed with driver version
information and Emulex contact information
3. Click Next to access the Location window or click Cancel to close the window.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Storport Miniport Driver User Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008
Version Manual
2.10a7
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by both Windows Sever 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.10 for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008
Version Manual
2.10a7
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by both Windows Sever 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0 Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit Base driver for Windows Server 2008, x64
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008
Version Driver
1.3.10.0
Size Driver
11.9Mb
File Name
provistax64.exe
Information
Microsoft digitally signed driver from Intel.
An updated Ethernet driver installation kit with Microsoft "Certified for Windows" logo qualification will be made available shortly.
Identify your operating system, and download and run the corresponding self-extracting executable file. The executable file will extract the files to a temporary directory, run the installation wizard and remove the temporary files when the installation is complete. The installation includes base drivers, Advanced Networking Services (ANS) and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) for Ethernet adapter functionality built into the CNA.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit Base driver for Windows Server 2008, x86
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008
Version Driver
1.3.10.0
Size Driver
11.4Mb
File Name
pro2kxp.exe
Information
Microsoft digitally signed driver from Intel.
An updated Ethernet driver installation kit with Microsoft "Certified for Windows" logo qualification will be made available shortly.
Identify your operating system, and download and run the corresponding self-extracting executable file. The executable file will extract the files to a temporary directory, run the installation wizard and remove the temporary files when the installation is complete. The installation includes base drivers, Advanced Networking Services (ANS) and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) for Ethernet adapter functionality built into the CNA.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit Base driver for Windows Server 2003, x64
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008
Version Driver
1.3.10.0
Size Driver
12.5Mb
File Name
proem64t.exe
Information
Microsoft digitally signed driver from Intel.
An updated Ethernet driver installation kit with Microsoft "Certified for Windows" logo qualification will be made available shortly.
Identify your operating system, and download and run the corresponding self-extracting executable file. The executable file will extract the files to a temporary directory, run the installation wizard and remove the temporary files when the installation is complete. The installation includes base drivers, Advanced Networking Services (ANS) and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) for Ethernet adapter functionality built into the CNA.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit Base driver for Windows Server 2003, x86
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008
Version Driver
1.3.10.0
Size Driver
11.4Mb
File Name
pro2kxp.exe
Information
Microsoft digitally signed driver from Intel.
An updated Ethernet driver installation kit with Microsoft "Certified for Windows" logo qualification will be made available shortly.
Identify your operating system, and download and run the corresponding self-extracting executable file. The executable file will extract the files to a temporary directory, run the installation wizard and remove the temporary files when the installation is complete. The installation includes base drivers, Advanced Networking Services (ANS) and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) for Ethernet adapter functionality built into the CNA.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Driver
2.20.006
Size Driver
37.1Mb
File Name
storportminiportkit_2.20.006-1h.exe
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (37.1 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Driver
2.20.006
Size Driver
48Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes_c.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver

New Features in Version 2.20.006
1. Added ExtTransferSize parameter. This parameter improves performance on tape devices supporting a larger block size.
2. Added support for Windows Server 2008 R2. This version of the driver kit adds support for Windows Server 2008 R2.
Resolved Issues in Version 2.20.006
1. There was the potential for the driver and the HBA to not synchronize properly, after the HBA was in warm start mode. Polling was modified in the HBAnyware utility.
2. The internal and external loopback diagnostic tests were not available for LP21000 and LP21002 adapters.
Known Issues in Version 2.20.006
1. Do not perform software-first installations on Windows Server 2008 or Vista systems. The procedure documented in the driver user manual might not have the expected effect. No error will be reported, but Windows might continue using the version of the driver distributed with the operating system rather than the new driver when an adapter is installed. The problem occurs because Microsoft-distributed drivers are versioned differently than Emulex- distributed drivers.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
2. To revert to an older driver after a newer driver has been installed, you must uninstall all Emulex software and drivers before installing the older driver kit. Failure to do so could leave your system in an unsupported state. See the driver user manual for all the procedures you must follow.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
3. Due to an issue with HBAnyware version 4.1, the default global driver parameters for converged network adapters (CNAs) cannot be changed.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
4. 0x6F Error Code is a malfunction error.
This error code is erroneously included in the user manual as both a severe and a malfunction error. 0x6F is a malfunction error and specifies a state change registration (SCR) failure.
5. 0x47 Error Code
If this error occurs during handling a fabric login (FLOGI) response, it is a severe error and specifies a mailbox context allocation failure. Contact Emulex Technical Support if you encounter this severe error.
If this error occurs during handling an FDISC response, it is as a malfunction error and indicates that the driver failed mailbox context allocation in issuing REG_VPI.
6 EnableAck0 and ScanDown Parameters
The default value for both of these parameters is 1. The defaults for EnableAck0 and ScanDown are erroneously documented as 0 in the user manual.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware Release Notes
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Driver
2.20.006
Size Driver
44Kb
File Name
windows_release_notes.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the HBAnyware utility

Release Notes
Date: September 2009
Product: HBAnyware® Utility and the Windows Drivers
Version: 4.1
This document describes the known issues associated with this utility build release. For the latest product
documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an
authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. Designed for adapter FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP), subject to subsequent industry testing.
2. Supports CIM interface (operational name, target node WWN and flash contents program ID) for
VMware ESX 4i and VMware ESX 4.0 COS.
3. Virtual port and virtual machine mapping information is displayed.
New Resolved Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. New - HBAnyware GUI is now available on the IA64 architecture.
It is no longer required to use the HbaCmd command line utility on an IA64 system.
2. All virtual port information did not appear if you manually resized the window.
3. Target information for a virtual port erroneously showed a LUN Masking tab.
4. Using HbaCmd, the change World Wide Name function did not check for physical targets for all inband
ports.
5. Using HbaCmd, the help message for the setauthconfig function erroneously stated that accepted values
were between 0 and 5. The accepted values are between 1 and 5.
6. Using HTTPS, a port number was not used for some functions if the restricthttptoloopback parameter
was set to false.
7. The internal and external loopback diagnostic tests were not available for LP21000 and LP21002
adapters.
Known Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. The HBAnyware utility GUI application only launches from IBM Director version 5.1.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
2. On LPe1105 adapters, diagnostic beaconing is available only if the adapter does not have VPD.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
3. On LPe12000 adapters, volatile WWN changes may not be supported.
Workaround: Update firmware; see the Emulex Web site for more information.
Caution: Verify the version of OEM firmware to use based on OEM qualifications and support.
4. On LP21000 and LP21002 adapters, FIP mode may need to be disabled to bring a link up.
If you have upgraded to the new CEE firmware that supports FIP and connect the port to a switch with
firmware that does not support FIP, the port’s link will be down. If you plug a loopback plug into an
adapter port with FIP disabled, the link will be down.
Workaround: Disable FIP mode on the adapter port.
5. On Windows Vista platforms, the Add Range of Hosts feature in the HBAnyware utility is not
available.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
6. If the HBAnyware CIM Client is used to access a VMware ESX server, up to 127 LUNs can be
displayed in the discovery-tree (numbered 0 to 126).
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
7. Not all adapters may appear in the discovery-tree.
Although the HBAnyware utility provides support for LightPulse adapters that are reprogrammed with
WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range (such as HP’s Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the
BladeSystem c-Class platform) not all adapters appear in the discovery-tree.
Workaround: The HBAnyware utility must be deployed across all servers on the SAN, as well as any
other management console used for out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the
discovery-tree.
8. Multiport adapter models are represented in the HBAnyware utility discovery-tree as
multiple adapters with a single port icon.
For older mulitport HBA models, the HBAnyware utility displays each port under individual adapter icons
in the discovery-tree. Newer multiport HBA models (LP9802 or later) are represented by a single adapter
icon that branches out to multiple port icons.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Quick Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Manual
2.20.006
Size Manual
256Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
AutoPilot Installer for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer® for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple installation
with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.
Note: Complete driver and utilities documentation may be downloaded from the Emulex Web site
(www.emulex.com). Click Support at the top of the Web page and navigate by clicking the appropriate
links.
Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.
Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
Distribution Executable File Procedure
To run the distribution executable file:
1. Download the distribution executable file from the Emulex Web site to your system.
2. Double-click the distribution executable file. A window is displayed with driver version
information and Emulex contact information
3. Click Next to access the Location window or click Cancel to close the window.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Storport Miniport Driver User Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Manual
2.20.006
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.20 for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Manual
2.20.006
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
OneCommand Manager User Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Manual
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Manual
5.4Mb
File Name
onecommand.pdf
Information
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Supported Features by Operating System......................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager
Application Components.......................................................................................... 4
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application............................................. 4
In Windows ................................................................................................. 4
In Solaris SFS ............................................................................................. 4
In Linux ....................................................................................................... 5
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................... 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 7
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Command Line Interface ..... 8
In Windows ................................................................................................. 9
In a New VMware ESX Server .................................................................... 9
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 10
Procedures ......................................................................................... 10
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ... 10
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on VMware .................................. 10
In a New Linux System ............................................................................. 11
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 11
Procedures ......................................................................................... 11
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit InstalledI ............. 12
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on Linux....................................... 12
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 13
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 13
Procedures ......................................................................................... 13
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit ......................................... 14
In Windows ............................................................................................... 14
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 14
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 14
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................. 14
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application .................................. 14
In Windows .............................................................................................. 15
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 15
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 15
In VMware................................................................................................. 15
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch
Interface Only .................................................................................................. 15
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 17
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ......... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Driver
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Driver
39.3Mb
File Name
elxocm-windows-5.00.17.06-2.exe
Information
Note
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
FC/FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet drivers and OneCommand Manager 5.0 enterprise application (39.3 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Windows Drivers Release Notes
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Driver
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Driver
37Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
OneCommand Manager Release Notes for Windows
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Driver
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Driver
62Kb
File Name
windows_release_notes.pdf
Information
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
OneCommand Manager version 5.0

Release Notes
Date: September 2009
Product: HBAnyware® Utility and the Windows Drivers
Version: 4.1
This document describes the known issues associated with this utility build release. For the latest product
documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an
authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. Designed for adapter FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP), subject to subsequent industry testing.
2. Supports CIM interface (operational name, target node WWN and flash contents program ID) for
VMware ESX 4i and VMware ESX 4.0 COS.
3. Virtual port and virtual machine mapping information is displayed.
New Resolved Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. New - HBAnyware GUI is now available on the IA64 architecture.
It is no longer required to use the HbaCmd command line utility on an IA64 system.
2. All virtual port information did not appear if you manually resized the window.
3. Target information for a virtual port erroneously showed a LUN Masking tab.
4. Using HbaCmd, the change World Wide Name function did not check for physical targets for all inband
ports.
5. Using HbaCmd, the help message for the setauthconfig function erroneously stated that accepted values
were between 0 and 5. The accepted values are between 1 and 5.
6. Using HTTPS, a port number was not used for some functions if the restricthttptoloopback parameter
was set to false.
7. The internal and external loopback diagnostic tests were not available for LP21000 and LP21002
adapters.
Known Issues in HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1
1. The HBAnyware utility GUI application only launches from IBM Director version 5.1.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
2. On LPe1105 adapters, diagnostic beaconing is available only if the adapter does not have VPD.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
3. On LPe12000 adapters, volatile WWN changes may not be supported.
Workaround: Update firmware; see the Emulex Web site for more information.
Caution: Verify the version of OEM firmware to use based on OEM qualifications and support.
4. On LP21000 and LP21002 adapters, FIP mode may need to be disabled to bring a link up.
If you have upgraded to the new CEE firmware that supports FIP and connect the port to a switch with
firmware that does not support FIP, the port’s link will be down. If you plug a loopback plug into an
adapter port with FIP disabled, the link will be down.
Workaround: Disable FIP mode on the adapter port.
5. On Windows Vista platforms, the Add Range of Hosts feature in the HBAnyware utility is not
available.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
6. If the HBAnyware CIM Client is used to access a VMware ESX server, up to 127 LUNs can be
displayed in the discovery-tree (numbered 0 to 126).
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
7. Not all adapters may appear in the discovery-tree.
Although the HBAnyware utility provides support for LightPulse adapters that are reprogrammed with
WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range (such as HP’s Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the
BladeSystem c-Class platform) not all adapters appear in the discovery-tree.
Workaround: The HBAnyware utility must be deployed across all servers on the SAN, as well as any
other management console used for out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the
discovery-tree.
8. Multiport adapter models are represented in the HBAnyware utility discovery-tree as
multiple adapters with a single port icon.
For older mulitport HBA models, the HBAnyware utility displays each port under individual adapter icons
in the discovery-tree. Newer multiport HBA models (LP9802 or later) are represented by a single adapter
icon that branches out to multiple port icons.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Quick Installation Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2
Version Manual
FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)
Size Manual
465Kb
File Name
driver_quick_install.pdf
Information
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
AutoPilot Installer for Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2

Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Prerequisites.....................................................................................................2
Changing Driver Types......................................................................................2
Driver Kit Installer Overview..............................................................................3
AutoPilot Installer Overview...............................................................................3
Text-Only Installation Overview.........................................................................3
Installing the Driver Kit.............................................................................................3
AutoPilot Installation Procedures.............................................................................4
Running a Software Installation Interactively.....................................................4
Hardware-First Installation or Driver and Utility Update.....................................6
Software-First Installation..................................................................................8
Utility-Only Update............................................................................................9
AutoPilot Installer Diagnostics...............................................................................10
If Installation Fails...........................................................................................10

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer® for Emulex® Storport Miniport and NDIS Miniport drivers provides installation options
that include simple installations with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations that use
predefined script files and text-only installations. AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and
utilities in Windows executable files (driver kit installers) that you can download from the Emulex Web
site.
There are two types of driver kits that can install the Emulex drivers and utilities:
• Full Installation Driver kit (full driver kit) - Includes the Emulex protocol drivers for Fibre Channel
(FC), Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE), iSCSI, and Ethernet and the complete
OneCommand ManagerTM application, including a Graphical User Interface (GUI) and a
Command Line Interface (CLI). The full driver kit also provides an option to create AutoPilot
Installer kits that you can customize and distribute on your network. Although the full driver kit
will not install on the Server Core installation option of Windows Server 2008 (Server Core), it
can be used to create kits for those platforms.
• Core Installation Driver kit (core driver kit) - Includes the Emulex drivers and the OneCommand
Manager application CLI, but not the OneCommand Manager application GUI. The core driver
kit is required for use with Server Core platforms. You can only customize the core driver kit on
the system where it is installed. It cannot be used to create AutoPilot Installer kits for other
platforms.
Run one of the driver kit installers to extract all of the software needed for an installation, then complete
the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
PRO-enabled Management Pack
Operating Systems
Windows 2008
Version Driver
1.0a4
Size Driver
22Kb
File Name
emulex.pro.zip
Information
Emulex PRO-enabled management pack allows for real-time monitoring of Emulex HBAs and CNAs through System Center Operations Manager, coupled with pro-active remediation action in the form of recommended PRO Tips handled by Virtual Machine Manager.
Operating Systems: Windows Server 2008 and/or Hyper-V Server, coupled with System Center Operations Manager 2007 and Virtual Machine Manager 2008.
Note
The KB959596 (or higher) update to Microsoft System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2008 is required.
Emulex Storport Miniport Driver:
Version 2.10a7
HBA Firmware:
Version 1.00a9 (LPe12002 and LPe12000); Version 2.72a2 (all other compatible HBA models)
CNA FC Firmware: Version 1.00a5
Application files (23 KB zip file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
PRO Pack User Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2008
Version Manual
1.0a4
Size Manual
415Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Emulex PRO-enabled management pack allows for real-time monitoring of Emulex HBAs and CNAs through System Center Operations Manager, coupled with pro-active remediation action in the form of recommended PRO Tips handled by Virtual Machine Manager.
Operating Systems: Windows Server 2008 and/or Hyper-V Server, coupled with System Center Operations Manager 2007 and Virtual Machine Manager 2008.
Note
The KB959596 (or higher) update to Microsoft System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2008 is required.
Emulex Storport Miniport Driver:
Version 2.10a7
HBA Firmware:
Version 1.00a9 (LPe12002 and LPe12000); Version 2.72a2 (all other compatible HBA models)
CNA FC Firmware: Version 1.00a5

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
WinPE Offline Utilities Kit
Operating Systems
WinPE
Version Utilities
5.00.17.06
Size Utilities
2.5Mb
File Name
elxwinlpcfg-x86-5.00.17.06-1.exe
Information
The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.
Note
This version of the WinPE offline utility does not support the IA64 architecture. For IA64 support (FC adapters only), use a previous release of the utility.
(2.53 MB zip file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Application Release Notes
Operating Systems
WinPE
Version Driver
5.00.17.06
Size Driver
63Kb
File Name
winlpcfg_release_notes.pdf
Information
The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.
Note
This version of the WinPE offline utility does not support the IA64 architecture. For IA64 support (FC adapters only), use a previous release of the utility.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
WinPE
Version Manual
5.00.17.06
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
offline_utilities_manual.pdf
Information
The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.
Note
This version of the WinPE offline utility does not support the IA64 architecture. For IA64 support (FC adapters only), use a previous release of the utility.
(1.01 MB pdf file)

The Offline Utilities..................................................................................................1
Introduction.......................................................................................................1
Installation.........................................................................................................2
The WinPE Offline Utility.............................................................................2
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................2
The Linux Offline Utility...............................................................................3
Known Issues....................................................................................................3
Using the Offline Utilities...................................................................................3
The DOS Offline Utility................................................................................4
Running the Offline Utilities from the Command Prompt.............................4
Offline Utility Commands...................................................................................5
Supported Commands................................................................................5
....................................................................................................................
8
Viewing the Syntax for Commands - help or ?............................................8
Resetting an Adapter - reset.......................................................................8
Running the Power-On Self-Test - posttest.................................................9
Viewing Adapter Information.............................................................................9
Viewing Emulex conventional names instead of Vital Product Data (VPD) - /c...............................................................................................................9
Viewing the Offline Utilities’ Version Information - version...........................9
Viewing Vital Product Data - vpd...............................................................10
Viewing Boot Device Info, WWN, LUN and Topology - readbootdevice.....10
Viewing BootBIOS Versions - listboot........................................................11
Viewing all Adapters in the System - listhba..............................................11
Viewing WWN of all adapters in the System - listwwn...............................12
Sample response: ....................................................................................12
Viewing Firmware Program Revisions - listrev..........................................12
Viewing Selected Configuration Numbers - readconfig.............................13
Firmware and Boot Code Download Commands.............................................13
Downloading a File - download.................................................................13
Accessing the Flash Device Directly - directdownload..............................14
World Wide Name Commands........................................................................15
Writing WWN and Updating NVPARMS - writewwn...................................15
Saving WWN data to a file - savewwn.......................................................16
Restoring WWN and Updating NVPARMS - restorewwn...........................16
Restoring NVPARMS - restorenvwwn.......................................................16
Restoring the IEEE address - restoredefwwn............................................16
Boot Code Commands....................................................................................17
Enabling or Disabling BootBIOS or boot code - enableboot/disableboot...17
Selecting a Boot Device - setbootdevice...................................................17
Read All Alternative Boot Devices - readaltboot........................................18
Selecting One or More Alternate Boot Devices - setaltboot.......................19
Configuration Commands................................................................................19
Setting the Adapter to Use Soft Jumpers or Hardware Default - jumper...19
Updating Configuration Regions - config...................................................19
Running Tests..................................................................................................20
Running the External Loopback Test - extloopback...................................20
Running the Internal Loopback Test - intloopback.....................................21
Running the PCI Loopback Test - pciloopback..........................................21
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
WinPE Offline Utilities Kit
Operating Systems
WinPE
Version Utilities
1.0a7
Size Utilities
224Kb
File Name
winlpcfg_10a7.zip
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP21002
Description
Manual - Offline Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
WinPE
Version Manual
1.0a7
Size Manual
491Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
HelpDrivers Since March 2000